blob: 2440b1b0d929f471209ba0c6f4e9766ccf814118 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau11f8f542010-01-08 07:49:44 +01007 2010/01/08
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100505. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100483 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100692bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100727default-server X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200728default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200729description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100730disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200731dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100732enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200733errorfile X X X X
734errorloc X X X X
735errorloc302 X X X X
736errorloc303 X X X X
737fullconn X - X X
738grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200739hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100740http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200741id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200742log X X X X
743maxconn X X X -
744mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100745monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200746monitor-net X X X -
747monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100748[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200749[no] option accept-invalid-
750 http-request X X X -
751[no] option accept-invalid-
752 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100753[no] option allbackups X - X X
754[no] option checkcache X - X X
755[no] option clitcpka X X X -
756[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200757[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100758[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100759[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200760option forwardfor X X X X
761option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100762[no] option http-server-
763 close X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100764[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200765option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200766[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200767[no] option independant-
768 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200769[no] option log-health- X - X X
770 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200771[no] option log-separate-
772 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option logasap X X X -
774[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200775option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100776[no] option persist X - X X
777[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200778option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200779[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100780[no] option splice-auto X X X X
781[no] option splice-request X X X X
782[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100783[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200784option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200785[no] option tcp-smart-
786 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200787[no] option tcp-smart-
788 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200789option tcpka X X X X
790option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100791[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200792persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100793rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200794redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100795redisp X - X X (deprecated)
796redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200797reqadd - X X X
798reqallow - X X X
799reqdel - X X X
800reqdeny - X X X
801reqiallow - X X X
802reqidel - X X X
803reqideny - X X X
804reqipass - X X X
805reqirep - X X X
806reqisetbe - X X X
807reqitarpit - X X X
808reqpass - X X X
809reqrep - X X X
810reqsetbe - X X X
811reqtarpit - X X X
812retries X - X X
813rspadd - X X X
814rspdel - X X X
815rspdeny - X X X
816rspidel - X X X
817rspideny - X X X
818rspirep - X X X
819rsprep - X X X
820server - - X X
821source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100822srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200823stats auth X - X X
824stats enable X - X X
825stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200826stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200827stats scope X - X X
828stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200829stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200830tcp-request content accept - X X -
831tcp-request content reject - X X -
832tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100833timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100834timeout client X X X -
835timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
836timeout connect X - X X
837timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200838timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100839timeout queue X - X X
840timeout server X - X X
841timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100842timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100843transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200844use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200845----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
846keyword defaults frontend listen backend
847
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100848
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008494.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
850---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100851
852This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
853
854
855acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
856 Declare or complete an access list.
857 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
858 no | yes | yes | yes
859 Example:
860 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
861 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
862 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
863
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200864 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100865
866
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100867appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
868 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100869 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
870 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
871 no | no | yes | yes
872 Arguments :
873 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
874 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
875
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100876 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100877 checked in each cookie value.
878
879 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
880 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
881 milliseconds.
882
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200883 request-learn
884 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
885 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
886 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
887 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
888 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
889 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
890
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100891 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
892 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
893 data following this prefix.
894
895 Example :
896 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
897
898 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
899 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
900
901 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
902 2 modes are currently supported :
903 - path-parameters :
904 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
905 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
906 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
907 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
908 - query-string :
909 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
910 query string.
911
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100912 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
913 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
914 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
915 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100916 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
917 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
918 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100919 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
920 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
921
922 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
923
924 Example :
925 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
926
927 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
928
929
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100930backlog <conns>
931 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
932 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
933 yes | yes | yes | no
934 Arguments :
935 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
936 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
937 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
938
939 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
940 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
941 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
942 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
943 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
944 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
945 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
946 backlog parameter.
947
948 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
949 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
950 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
951
952 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
953
954
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100955balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200956balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100957 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
958 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
959 yes | no | yes | yes
960 Arguments :
961 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
962 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
963 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
964 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
965
966 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
967 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
968 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
969 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200970 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
971 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
972 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
973 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
974 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
975 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
976 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
977 it, so that you don't worry.
978
979 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
980 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
981 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
982 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
983 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
984 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
985 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
986 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100987
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100988 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
989 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
990 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
991 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
992 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
993 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
994 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
995 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
996
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100997 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
998 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
999 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
1000 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1001 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1002 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1003 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1004 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001005 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001006 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001007 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1008 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1009 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001010
1011 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1012 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1013 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1014 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1015 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1016 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1017 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001018 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1019 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1020 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001021
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001022 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1023 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1024 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1025 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1026 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1027 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1028 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1029 URIs start with a leading "/".
1030
1031 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1032 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1033 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1034 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1035
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001036 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001037 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1038
1039 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1040 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1041 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1042 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1043 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1044 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1045 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1046 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1047 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1048 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1049 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1050 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1051 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1052 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1053 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1054 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1055 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1056 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1057 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1058 be randomly balanced if at all.
1059
1060 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1061 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1062 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1063 server will receive the request.
1064
1065 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1066 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1067 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1068 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1069 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001070 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1071 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1072 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001073
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001074 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1075 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1076 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001077 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001078 algorithm is applied instead.
1079
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001080 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001081 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1082 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1083 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1084
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001085 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1086 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1087 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1088
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001089 rdp-cookie
1090 rdp-cookie(name)
1091 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1092 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1093 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1094 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1095 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1096 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001097 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001098 used instead.
1099
1100 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1101 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1102 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1103 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1104
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001105 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1106 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1107 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1108
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001109 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001110 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1111 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001112
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001113 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001114 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001115
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001116 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1117 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1118 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001119
1120 Examples :
1121 balance roundrobin
1122 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001123 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001124 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1125 balance hdr(host)
1126 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001127
1128 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1129 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1130
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001131 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001132 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1133 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1134 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1135 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1136
1137 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1138 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1139 defaults to 16 kB.
1140
1141 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1142 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1143
1144 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1145 Round Robin.
1146
1147 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1148 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1149 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1150 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1151
1152 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1153
1154 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001155 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001156 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1157 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1158 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001159
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001160 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1161 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001162
1163
1164bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001165bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001166bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001167bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001168bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1169bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001170bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001171 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1172 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1173 no | yes | yes | no
1174 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001175 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1176 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1177 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1178 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1179 special address "0.0.0.0".
1180
1181 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1182 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1183 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001184
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001185 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1186 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1187 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1188 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1189 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1190 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1191 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1192 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1193 privileges.
1194
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001195 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1196 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1197 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1198 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1199 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1200 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1201 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1202 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1203
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001204 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1205 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1206 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1207 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001208
1209 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1210
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001211 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1212 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1213 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001214 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001215 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1216 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1217 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1218 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1219 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001220
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001221 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1222 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1223 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1224 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1225 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1226 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1227 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1228 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1229 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1230 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1231 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1232 with front firewalls which would see an established
1233 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1234
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001235 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1236 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1237 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1238 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1239 in a frontend.
1240
1241 Example :
1242 listen http_proxy
1243 bind :80,:443
1244 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1245
1246 See also : "source".
1247
1248
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001249bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1250 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1251 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1252 yes | yes | yes | yes
1253 Arguments :
1254 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1255 may be used to override a default value.
1256
1257 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1258 option may be combined with other numbers.
1259
1260 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1261 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1262 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1263 missing from all processes.
1264
1265 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1266 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1267 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1268 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1269
1270 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1271 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1272 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1273 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1274 and 'even' instances.
1275
1276 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1277 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1278 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1279 32.
1280
1281 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1282 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1283
1284 Example :
1285 listen app_ip1
1286 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1287 bind_process odd
1288
1289 listen app_ip2
1290 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1291 bind_process even
1292
1293 listen management
1294 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1295 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1296
1297 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1298
1299
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001300block { if | unless } <condition>
1301 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1302 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1303 no | yes | yes | yes
1304
1305 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1306 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001307 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001308 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1309 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1310 "block" statements per instance.
1311
1312 Example:
1313 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1314 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1315 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1316 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1317
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001318 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001319
1320
1321capture cookie <name> len <length>
1322 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1323 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1324 no | yes | yes | no
1325 Arguments :
1326 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1327 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1328 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1329 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1330 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1331
1332 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1333 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1334 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1335 right if it exceeds <length>.
1336
1337 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1338 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1339 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1340 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1341
1342 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1343 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1344 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1345
1346 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1347 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1348 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1349 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001350 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001351 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1352
1353 Example:
1354 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1355
1356 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001357 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001358
1359
1360capture request header <name> len <length>
1361 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1362 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1363 no | yes | yes | no
1364 Arguments :
1365 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001366 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001367 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1368 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1369 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1370
1371 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1372 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1373 it exceeds <length>.
1374
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001375 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001376 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1377 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001378 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1379 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1380 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1381 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001382 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001383 environments to find where the request came from.
1384
1385 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1386 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1387 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1388 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001389
1390 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1391 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1392 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1393 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1394
1395 Example:
1396 capture request header Host len 15
1397 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1398 capture request header Referrer len 15
1399
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001400 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001401 about logging.
1402
1403
1404capture response header <name> len <length>
1405 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1406 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1407 no | yes | yes | no
1408 Arguments :
1409 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001410 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001411 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1412 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1413 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1414
1415 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1416 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1417 it exceeds <length>.
1418
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001419 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001420 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1421 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1422 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001423 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1424 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1425 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1426 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001427
1428 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1429 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1430 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1431 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1432
1433 Example:
1434 capture response header Content-length len 9
1435 capture response header Location len 15
1436
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001437 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001438 about logging.
1439
1440
1441clitimeout <timeout>
1442 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1443 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1444 yes | yes | yes | no
1445 Arguments :
1446 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1447 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1448 as explained at the top of this document.
1449
1450 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1451 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1452 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1453 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1454 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1455 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1456 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1457 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001458 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001459 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1460 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1461
1462 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1463 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1464 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1465 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1466 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1467 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1468
1469 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1470 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1471
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001472 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1473 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001474
1475
1476contimeout <timeout>
1477 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1478 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1479 yes | no | yes | yes
1480 Arguments :
1481 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1482 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1483 as explained at the top of this document.
1484
1485 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001486 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001487 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1488 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1489 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1490 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1491 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1492
1493 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1494 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1495 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1496 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1497 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1498 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1499
1500 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1501 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1502 instead.
1503
1504 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1505 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1506
1507
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001508cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001509 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001510 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1511 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1512 yes | no | yes | yes
1513 Arguments :
1514 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1515 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1516 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1517 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1518 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1519 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1520 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1521 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1522 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1523
1524 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1525 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1526 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1527 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1528 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1529 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1530 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1531 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1532 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1533 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1534 "insert" and "prefix".
1535
1536 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1537 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1538 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1539 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1540 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1541 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1542 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1543 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1544 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1545
1546 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1547 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1548 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1549 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1550 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1551 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1552 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1553 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1554 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1555 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1556 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1557
1558 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1559 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1560 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1561 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1562 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1563 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1564 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1565 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1566 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1567 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1568
1569 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1570 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1571 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1572 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1573 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1574 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1575 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1576 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1577 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1578
1579 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1580 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1581 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1582 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1583 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1584 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1585 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1586 persistence cookie in the cache.
1587 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1588
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001589 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001590 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001591 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1592 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1593 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1594 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1595 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1596 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001597
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001598 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1599 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1600 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1601 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001602
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001603 Examples :
1604 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1605 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1606 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1607
1608 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1609
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001610default-server [param*]
1611 Change default options for a server in a backend
1612 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1613 yes | no | yes | yes
1614 Arguments:
1615 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server" keywords
1616 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
1617 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
1618
1619 Examples:
1620 default-server inter 1000 weight 13
1621
1622 See also: "server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001623
1624default_backend <backend>
1625 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1626 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1627 yes | yes | yes | no
1628 Arguments :
1629 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1630
1631 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1632 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1633 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1634 will catch all undetermined requests.
1635
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001636 Example :
1637
1638 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1639 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1640 default_backend dynamic
1641
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001642 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1643
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001644
1645disabled
1646 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1647 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1648 yes | yes | yes | yes
1649 Arguments : none
1650
1651 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1652 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1653 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1654 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1655 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1656 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1657 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1658
1659 See also : "enabled"
1660
1661
1662enabled
1663 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1664 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1665 yes | yes | yes | yes
1666 Arguments : none
1667
1668 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1669 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1670
1671 See also : "disabled"
1672
1673
1674errorfile <code> <file>
1675 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1676 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1677 yes | yes | yes | yes
1678 Arguments :
1679 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1680 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1681
1682 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001683 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001684 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001685 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1686 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001687
1688 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1689 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1690 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1691
1692 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1693 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1694 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1695 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1696
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001697 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1698 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1699 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1700 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1701 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1702 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1703
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001704 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1705 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1706 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001707 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001708 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1709
1710 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1711
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001712 Example :
1713 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1714 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1715 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1716
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001717
1718errorloc <code> <url>
1719errorloc302 <code> <url>
1720 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1721 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1722 yes | yes | yes | yes
1723 Arguments :
1724 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1725 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1726
1727 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1728 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1729 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1730 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1731 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1732
1733 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1734 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1735 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1736
1737 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1738 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1739 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1740 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1741 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1742 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1743 request.
1744
1745 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1746
1747
1748errorloc303 <code> <url>
1749 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1750 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1751 yes | yes | yes | yes
1752 Arguments :
1753 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1754 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1755
1756 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1757 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1758 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1759 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1760 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1761
1762 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1763 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1764 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1765
1766 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1767 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1768 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1769 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001770 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001771
1772 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1773
1774
1775fullconn <conns>
1776 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1777 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1778 yes | no | yes | yes
1779 Arguments :
1780 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1781 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1782
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001783 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001784 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001785 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001786 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1787 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1788 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1789 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1790 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001791 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001792
1793 Example :
1794 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1795 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1796 # connections.
1797 backend dynamic
1798 fullconn 10000
1799 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1800 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1801
1802 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1803
1804
1805grace <time>
1806 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1807 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1808 no | yes | yes | yes
1809 Arguments :
1810 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1811 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1812 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1813
1814 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1815 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001816 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001817 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1818
1819 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1820 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1821 simplify it.
1822
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001823
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001824hash-type <method>
1825 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1826 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1827 yes | no | yes | yes
1828 Arguments :
1829 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1830 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1831 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1832 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1833 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1834 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1835 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1836 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1837 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1838
1839 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1840 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1841 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1842 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1843 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1844 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1845 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1846 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1847 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1848 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1849 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1850 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1851 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1852
1853 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1854
1855 See also : "balance", "server"
1856
1857
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001858http-check disable-on-404
1859 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1860 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001861 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001862 Arguments : none
1863
1864 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1865 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1866 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1867 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1868 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1869 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1870 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1871 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1872 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1873
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001874 See also : "option httpchk"
1875
1876
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001877id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001878 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1879 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1880 no | yes | yes | yes
1881 Arguments : none
1882
1883 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1884 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1885 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001886
1887
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001888log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001889log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001890 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1891 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1892 yes | yes | yes | yes
1893 Arguments :
1894 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1895 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1896 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1897 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1898 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1899 parameter.
1900
1901 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1902 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1903
1904 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1905 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1906 standard syslog port).
1907
1908 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1909 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1910 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1911 appropriately writeable).
1912
1913 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1914
1915 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1916 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1917 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1918
1919 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1920 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1921 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001922 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1923 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1924 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1925 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1926 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001927
1928 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1929
1930 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1931 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1932 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1933
1934 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001935 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1936 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1937 "info".
1938
1939 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1940 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1941 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1942 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1943
1944 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1945 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001946
1947 Example :
1948 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001949 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1950 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001951
1952
1953maxconn <conns>
1954 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1955 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1956 yes | yes | yes | no
1957 Arguments :
1958 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1959 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1960 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1961 closes.
1962
1963 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1964 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1965 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1966 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1967 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1968 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1969 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1970 properly tuned.
1971
1972 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1973 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1974 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1975
1976 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1977
1978
1979mode { tcp|http|health }
1980 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1981 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1982 yes | yes | yes | yes
1983 Arguments :
1984 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1985 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1986 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1987 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1988
1989 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1990 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1991 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1992 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1993 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1994
1995 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1996 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1997 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1998 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1999 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
2000 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
2001
2002 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
2003 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
2004 will be refused.
2005
2006 Example :
2007 defaults http_instances
2008 mode http
2009
2010 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
2011
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002012
2013monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002014 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002015 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2016 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002017 Arguments :
2018 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2019 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002020 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002021 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2022 backend and its backup.
2023
2024 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2025 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2026 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2027 servers in a list of backends.
2028
2029 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2030 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2031 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2032 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2033 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2034 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2035 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002036 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002037
2038 Example:
2039 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002040 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002041 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2042 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2043 monitor-uri /site_alive
2044 monitor fail if site_dead
2045
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002046 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2047
2048
2049monitor-net <source>
2050 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2051 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2052 yes | yes | yes | no
2053 Arguments :
2054 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2055 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2056 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2057 followed by a mask.
2058
2059 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2060 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002061 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002062 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2063
2064 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2065 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2066 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2067 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2068 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2069
2070 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2071 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2072 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2073 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2074 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2075
2076 Example :
2077 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2078 frontend www
2079 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2080
2081 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2082
2083
2084monitor-uri <uri>
2085 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2086 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2087 yes | yes | yes | no
2088 Arguments :
2089 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2090 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2091
2092 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2093 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2094 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2095 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2096 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2097 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2098 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2099 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2100
2101 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2102 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2103 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2104 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2105 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2106 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2107
2108 Example :
2109 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2110 frontend www
2111 mode http
2112 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2113
2114 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2115
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002116
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002117option abortonclose
2118no option abortonclose
2119 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2120 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2121 yes | no | yes | yes
2122 Arguments : none
2123
2124 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2125 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2126 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2127 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002128 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002129 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2130 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2131 encountered while delivering the response.
2132
2133 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2134 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2135 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2136 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2137 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2138 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2139 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2140 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002141 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002142 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2143 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2144 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2145
2146 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2147 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2148 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2149 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2150 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2151 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2152 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2153 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2154 reduces the response time for other users.
2155
2156 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2157 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2158
2159 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2160
2161
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002162option accept-invalid-http-request
2163no option accept-invalid-http-request
2164 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2165 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2166 yes | yes | yes | no
2167 Arguments : none
2168
2169 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2170 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2171 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2172 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2173 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2174 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2175 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2176 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2177 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2178
2179 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2180 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2181 been confirmed.
2182
2183 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2184 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2185 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2186 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2187
2188 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2189 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2190
2191 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2192 stats socket.
2193
2194
2195option accept-invalid-http-response
2196no option accept-invalid-http-response
2197 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2198 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2199 yes | no | yes | yes
2200 Arguments : none
2201
2202 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2203 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2204 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2205 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2206 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2207 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2208 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2209 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2210 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2211
2212 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2213 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2214 been confirmed.
2215
2216 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2217 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2218 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2219 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2220
2221 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2222 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2223
2224 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2225 stats socket.
2226
2227
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002228option allbackups
2229no option allbackups
2230 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2231 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2232 yes | no | yes | yes
2233 Arguments : none
2234
2235 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2236 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2237 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2238 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2239 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2240 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2241 order between the backup servers anymore.
2242
2243 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2244 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2245
2246 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2247 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2248
2249
2250option checkcache
2251no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002252 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002253 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2254 yes | no | yes | yes
2255 Arguments : none
2256
2257 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2258 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002259 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002260 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2261 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2262 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2263
2264 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002265 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002266 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002267 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2268 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002269 to the client are :
2270 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002271 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002272 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002273 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2274 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2275 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2276 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2277 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2278 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2279 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2280 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2281 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2282 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2283 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2284
2285 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002286 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002287 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002288 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002289 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2290
2291 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2292 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002293 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002294 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2295
2296 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2297 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2298
2299
2300option clitcpka
2301no option clitcpka
2302 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2303 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2304 yes | yes | yes | no
2305 Arguments : none
2306
2307 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2308 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2309 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2310 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2311
2312 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2313 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2314 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2315 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2316
2317 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2318 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2319 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2320 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2321 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2322
2323 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2324
2325 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2326 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2327 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2328
2329 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2330 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2331
2332 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2333
2334
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002335option contstats
2336 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2337 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2338 yes | yes | yes | no
2339 Arguments : none
2340
2341 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2342 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2343 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2344 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2345 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2346 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2347 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2348
2349
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002350option dontlog-normal
2351no option dontlog-normal
2352 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2353 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2354 yes | yes | yes | no
2355 Arguments : none
2356
2357 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2358 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2359 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2360 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2361 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2362 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2363 logged.
2364
2365 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2366 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2367 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2368
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002369 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002370 logging.
2371
2372
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002373option dontlognull
2374no option dontlognull
2375 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2376 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2377 yes | yes | yes | no
2378 Arguments : none
2379
2380 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2381 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2382 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2383 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2384 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2385 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2386 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2387
2388 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2389 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2390 would not be logged.
2391
2392 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2393 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2394
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002395 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002396
2397
2398option forceclose
2399no option forceclose
2400 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2401 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002402 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002403 Arguments : none
2404
2405 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2406 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2407 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2408 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2409 global session times in the logs.
2410
2411 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002412 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002413 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that
2414 this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which
2415 means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some
2416 resources earlier than with httpclose.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002417
2418 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2419 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2420
2421 See also : "option httpclose"
2422
2423
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002424option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002425 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2426 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2427 yes | yes | yes | yes
2428 Arguments :
2429 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2430 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002431 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2432 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002433
2434 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2435 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2436 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2437 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2438 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2439 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2440 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002441 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2442 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2443 possible that the client has already brought one.
2444
2445 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2446 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2447 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2448 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2449 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2450 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002451
2452 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2453 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2454 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2455 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2456 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2457 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2458 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2459
2460 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002461 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2462 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2463 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002464
2465 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2466 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2467 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2468 when using this option.
2469
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002470 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002471 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2472 frontend www
2473 mode http
2474 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2475
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002476 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2477 backend www
2478 mode http
2479 option forwardfor header X-Client
2480
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002481 See also : "option httpclose"
2482
2483
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002484option httpchk
2485option httpchk <uri>
2486option httpchk <method> <uri>
2487option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2488 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2489 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2490 yes | no | yes | yes
2491 Arguments :
2492 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2493 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2494 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2495 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2496 ones.
2497
2498 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2499 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2500 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2501
2502 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2503 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2504 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2505 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2506 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2507
2508 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2509 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2510 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2511 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2512 the lack of any response.
2513
2514 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2515
2516 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2517 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2518 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2519
2520 Examples :
2521 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2522 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2523 backend https_relay
2524 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002525 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002526 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2527
2528 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2529 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2530
2531
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002532option http-server-close
2533no option http-server-close
2534 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2535 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2536 yes | yes | yes | yes
2537 Arguments : none
2538
2539 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2540 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2541 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2542 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2543 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2544 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2545 of RFC2616.
2546
2547 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2548 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2549 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2550 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
2551 timeout defined by "timeout http-request".
2552
2553 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2554 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002555 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option
2556 http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose"
2557 basically achieve the same result as "forceclose".
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002558
2559 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2560 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2561
2562 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2563
2564
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002565option httpclose
2566no option httpclose
2567 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2568 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2569 yes | yes | yes | yes
2570 Arguments : none
2571
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002572 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002573 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2574 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2575 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2576 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2577 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2578 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2579 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2580 be removed.
2581
2582 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002583 close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2584 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens
2585 it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the
2586 request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also
2587 releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for
2588 the client to acknowledge it.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002589
2590 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2591 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2592 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002593 If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it
2594 basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose".
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002595
2596 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2597 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2598
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002599 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002600
2601
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002602option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002603 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2604 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2605 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002606 Arguments :
2607 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2608 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2609 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2610 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2611 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002612
2613 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2614 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2615 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2616 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2617 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2618 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2619 ports.
2620
2621 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2622
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002623 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2624 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2625 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2626 by default.
2627
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002628 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002629
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002630
2631option http_proxy
2632no option http_proxy
2633 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2634 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2635 yes | yes | yes | yes
2636 Arguments : none
2637
2638 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2639 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2640 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2641 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2642 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2643
2644 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2645 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2646 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2647 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2648 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2649 be analyzed.
2650
2651 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2652 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2653
2654 Example :
2655 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2656 backend direct_forward
2657 option httpclose
2658 option http_proxy
2659
2660 See also : "option httpclose"
2661
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002662
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002663option independant-streams
2664no option independant-streams
2665 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2666 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2667 yes | yes | yes | yes
2668 Arguments : none
2669
2670 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2671 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2672 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2673 receive data or not.
2674
2675 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2676 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2677 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2678 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2679 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2680 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2681 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2682 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2683 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2684 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2685 socket buffers.
2686
2687 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2688 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2689 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2690 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2691 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2692
2693 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2694
2695
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002696option log-health-checks
2697no option log-health-checks
2698 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2699 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2700 yes | no | yes | yes
2701 Arguments : none
2702
2703 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2704 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2705 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2706 of additional information is limited.
2707
2708 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2709 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2710
2711 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2712
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002713
2714option log-separate-errors
2715no option log-separate-errors
2716 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2717 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2718 yes | yes | yes | no
2719 Arguments : none
2720
2721 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2722 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2723 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2724 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2725 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2726 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2727 provides very important information.
2728
2729 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2730 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2731 error logs.
2732
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002733 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002734 logging.
2735
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002736
2737option logasap
2738no option logasap
2739 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2740 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2741 yes | yes | yes | no
2742 Arguments : none
2743
2744 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2745 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2746 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2747 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2748 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2749 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2750 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002751 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002752 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2753 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2754
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002755 Examples :
2756 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2757 mode http
2758 option httplog
2759 option logasap
2760 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2761
2762 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2763 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2764 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2765 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2766
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002767 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002768 logging.
2769
2770
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002771option nolinger
2772no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002773 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002774 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2775 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002776 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002777
2778 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2779 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2780 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2781 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2782 connections.
2783
2784 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2785 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2786 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2787 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2788 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2789 this too.
2790
2791 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2792 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2793 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2794
2795 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2796 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2797 for servers.
2798
2799 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2800 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2801
2802
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002803option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2804 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2805 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2806 yes | yes | yes | yes
2807 Arguments :
2808 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2809 matching <network>
2810 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2811 header name.
2812
2813 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2814 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2815 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2816 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2817 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2818 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2819 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2820 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2821 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2822 possible that the client has already brought one.
2823
2824 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2825 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2826 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2827 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2828 header and requires different one.
2829
2830 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2831 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2832 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2833 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2834 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2835 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2836 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2837
2838 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2839 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2840 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2841 both are defined.
2842
2843 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2844 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2845 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2846 when using this option.
2847
2848 Examples :
2849 # Original Destination address
2850 frontend www
2851 mode http
2852 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2853
2854 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2855 backend www
2856 mode http
2857 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2858
2859 See also : "option httpclose"
2860
2861
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002862option persist
2863no option persist
2864 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2865 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2866 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002867 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002868
2869 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2870 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2871 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2872 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2873 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2874 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2875 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2876 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2877 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2878 redirected to another valid server.
2879
2880 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2881 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2882
2883 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2884
2885
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002886option redispatch
2887no option redispatch
2888 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2889 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2890 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002891 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002892
2893 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2894 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2895 be able to access the service anymore.
2896
2897 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2898 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2899
2900 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2901 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2902 value.
2903
2904 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2905 "redisp" keywords.
2906
2907 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2908 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2909
2910 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2911
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002912
2913option smtpchk
2914option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2915 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2916 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2917 yes | no | yes | yes
2918 Arguments :
2919 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2920 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2921 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2922
2923 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2924 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2925 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2926
2927 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2928 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2929 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2930 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2931 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2932 dead server.
2933
2934 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2935 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2936 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2937 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2938
2939 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2940 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2941 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2942 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2943 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2944
2945 Example :
2946 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2947
2948 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2949
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002950
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002951option socket-stats
2952no option socket-stats
2953
2954 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2955 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2956 yes | yes | yes | no
2957
2958 Arguments : none
2959
2960
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002961option splice-auto
2962no option splice-auto
2963 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2964 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2965 yes | yes | yes | yes
2966 Arguments : none
2967
2968 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2969 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2970 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2971 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002972 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002973 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2974 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2975 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2976 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2977
2978 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2979 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2980 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2981 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2982 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2983 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2984 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2985 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2986 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2987 keyword.
2988
2989 Example :
2990 option splice-auto
2991
2992 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2993 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2994
2995 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2996 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2997
2998
2999option splice-request
3000no option splice-request
3001 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
3002 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3003 yes | yes | yes | yes
3004 Arguments : none
3005
3006 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3007 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3008 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3009 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3010 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3011 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3012
3013 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3014
3015 Example :
3016 option splice-request
3017
3018 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3019 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3020
3021 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3022 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3023
3024
3025option splice-response
3026no option splice-response
3027 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3028 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3029 yes | yes | yes | yes
3030 Arguments : none
3031
3032 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3033 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3034 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3035 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3036 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3037 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3038
3039 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3040
3041 Example :
3042 option splice-response
3043
3044 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3045 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3046
3047 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3048 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3049
3050
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003051option srvtcpka
3052no option srvtcpka
3053 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3054 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3055 yes | no | yes | yes
3056 Arguments : none
3057
3058 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3059 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3060 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3061 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3062
3063 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3064 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3065 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3066 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3067
3068 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3069 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3070 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3071 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3072 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3073
3074 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3075
3076 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3077 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3078 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3079
3080 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3081 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3082
3083 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3084
3085
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003086option ssl-hello-chk
3087 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3088 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3089 yes | no | yes | yes
3090 Arguments : none
3091
3092 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3093 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3094 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3095 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3096 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3097 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3098 hello message.
3099
3100 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3101 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3102 messages, which is appreciable.
3103
3104 See also: "option httpchk"
3105
3106
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003107option tcp-smart-accept
3108no option tcp-smart-accept
3109 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3110 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3111 yes | yes | yes | no
3112 Arguments : none
3113
3114 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3115 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3116 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3117 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3118 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3119 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3120
3121 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3122 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3123 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3124 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3125
3126 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3127 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3128 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3129 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3130
3131 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3132 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3133 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3134
3135 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3136 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3137 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3138
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003139 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3140
3141
3142option tcp-smart-connect
3143no option tcp-smart-connect
3144 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3145 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3146 yes | no | yes | yes
3147 Arguments : none
3148
3149 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3150 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3151 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3152 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3153 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3154
3155 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3156 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3157 complex.
3158
3159 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3160 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3161 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3162
3163 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3164 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3165
3166 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3167
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003168
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003169option tcpka
3170 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3171 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3172 yes | yes | yes | yes
3173 Arguments : none
3174
3175 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3176 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3177 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3178 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3179
3180 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3181 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3182 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3183 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3184
3185 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3186 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3187 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3188 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3189 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3190
3191 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3192
3193 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3194 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3195 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3196 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3197 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3198 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3199 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3200 backends.
3201
3202 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3203
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003204
3205option tcplog
3206 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3207 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3208 yes | yes | yes | yes
3209 Arguments : none
3210
3211 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3212 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3213 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3214 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3215 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3216 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3217 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3218 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3219
3220 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3221
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003222 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003223
3224
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003225option transparent
3226no option transparent
3227 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3228 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003229 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003230 Arguments : none
3231
3232 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3233 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3234 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3235 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3236 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3237 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3238 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3239 appropriate server.
3240
3241 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3242 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3243
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003244 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3245 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003246
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003247
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003248persist rdp-cookie
3249persist rdp-cookie(name)
3250 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3251 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3252 yes | no | yes | yes
3253 Arguments :
3254 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3255 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3256 no valid reason to change this name.
3257
3258 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3259 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3260 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3261 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3262 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3263 forwarded to this server.
3264
3265 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3266 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3267 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003268 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003269 a single "listen" section.
3270
3271 Example :
3272 listen tse-farm
3273 bind :3389
3274 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3275 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3276 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3277 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3278 persist rdp-cookie
3279 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3280 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3281 balance rdp-cookie
3282 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3283 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3284
3285 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3286
3287
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003288rate-limit sessions <rate>
3289 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3290 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3291 yes | yes | yes | no
3292 Arguments :
3293 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3294 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3295
3296 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3297 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3298 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3299 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3300 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3301 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3302
3303 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3304 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3305 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3306 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3307
3308 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3309 listen smtp
3310 mode tcp
3311 bind :25
3312 rate-limit sessions 10
3313 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3314
3315 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3316 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3317
3318 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3319
3320
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003321redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3322redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003323 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3324 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3325 no | yes | yes | yes
3326
3327 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003328 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003329
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003330 Arguments :
3331 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3332 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3333 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3334 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003335 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3336 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3337 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3338 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003339
3340 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3341 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3342 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3343 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3344 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3345 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3346 location with a GET method.
3347
3348 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3349 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3350
3351 - "drop-query"
3352 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3353 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3354 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3355 with a location-type redirect.
3356
3357 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3358 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3359 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3360 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3361 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3362 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3363 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3364
3365 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3366 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3367 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3368 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3369 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3370 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3371 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003372
3373 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3374 acl clear dst_port 80
3375 acl secure dst_port 8080
3376 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003377 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003378 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003379 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3380
3381 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003382 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3383 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3384 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003385 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003386
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003387 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003388
3389
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003390redisp (deprecated)
3391redispatch (deprecated)
3392 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3393 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3394 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003395 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003396
3397 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3398 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3399 be able to access the service anymore.
3400
3401 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3402 redistribute them to a working server.
3403
3404 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3405 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3406 value.
3407
3408 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3409 "option redispatch" instead.
3410
3411 See also : "option redispatch"
3412
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003413
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003414reqadd <string>
3415 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3416 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3417 no | yes | yes | yes
3418 Arguments :
3419 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3420 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003421 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003422
3423 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3424 the last header of an HTTP request.
3425
3426 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3427 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3428 responses.
3429
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003430 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003431
3432
3433reqallow <search>
3434reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3435 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3436 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3437 no | yes | yes | yes
3438 Arguments :
3439 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3440 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3441 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3442 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3443 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3444 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3445 ignores case.
3446
3447 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3448 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3449 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3450 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3451 header names are not.
3452
3453 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3454 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3455
3456 Example :
3457 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3458 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3459 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3460
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003461 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003462 manipulation
3463
3464
3465reqdel <search>
3466reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3467 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3468 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3469 no | yes | yes | yes
3470 Arguments :
3471 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3472 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3473 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3474 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3475 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3476 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3477
3478 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3479 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3480 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3481 next servers.
3482
3483 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3484 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3485 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3486
3487 Example :
3488 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3489 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3490 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3491
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003492 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003493 manipulation
3494
3495
3496reqdeny <search>
3497reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3498 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3499 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3500 no | yes | yes | yes
3501 Arguments :
3502 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3503 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3504 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3505 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3506 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3507 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3508 case.
3509
3510 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3511 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3512 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3513 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3514 header names are not.
3515
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003516 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003517 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003518 using ACLs.
3519
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003520 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3521 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3522
3523 Example :
3524 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3525 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3526 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3527
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003528 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003529 header manipulation
3530
3531
3532reqpass <search>
3533reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3534 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3535 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3536 no | yes | yes | yes
3537 Arguments :
3538 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3539 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3540 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3541 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3542 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3543 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3544 case.
3545
3546 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3547 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3548 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3549 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3550
3551 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3552 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3553
3554 Example :
3555 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3556 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3557 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3558 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3559
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003560 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003561 header manipulation
3562
3563
3564reqrep <search> <string>
3565reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3566 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3567 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3568 no | yes | yes | yes
3569 Arguments :
3570 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3571 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3572 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3573 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3574 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3575 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3576
3577 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3578 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3579 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3580 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003581 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003582
3583 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3584 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3585 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3586
3587 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3588 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3589 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3590 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3591 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3592
3593 Example :
3594 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3595 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3596 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3597 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3598
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003599 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003600 manipulation
3601
3602
3603reqtarpit <search>
3604reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3605 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3606 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3607 no | yes | yes | yes
3608 Arguments :
3609 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3610 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3611 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3612 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3613 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3614 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3615 ignores case.
3616
3617 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3618 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003619 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3620 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3621 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003622 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3623 not set.
3624
3625 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3626 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3627 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3628 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3629 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3630
3631 Example :
3632 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3633 # block all others.
3634 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3635 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3636
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003637 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003638 manipulation
3639
3640
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003641retries <value>
3642 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3643 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3644 yes | no | yes | yes
3645 Arguments :
3646 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3647 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3648 default value is 3.
3649
3650 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3651 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3652 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3653
3654 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3655 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3656
3657 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3658 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3659
3660 See also : "option redispatch"
3661
3662
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003663rspadd <string>
3664 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3665 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3666 no | yes | yes | yes
3667 Arguments :
3668 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3669 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003670 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003671
3672 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3673 the last header of an HTTP response.
3674
3675 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3676 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3677 responses.
3678
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003679 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003680
3681
3682rspdel <search>
3683rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3684 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3685 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3686 no | yes | yes | yes
3687 Arguments :
3688 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3689 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3690 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3691 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3692 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3693 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3694 ignores case.
3695
3696 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3697 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3698 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3699 client.
3700
3701 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3702 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3703 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3704
3705 Example :
3706 # remove the Server header from responses
3707 reqidel ^Server:.*
3708
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003709 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003710 manipulation
3711
3712
3713rspdeny <search>
3714rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3715 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3716 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3717 no | yes | yes | yes
3718 Arguments :
3719 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3720 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3721 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3722 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3723 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3724 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3725 ignores case.
3726
3727 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3728 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3729 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3730 case-sensitive.
3731
3732 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003733 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3734 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3735 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003736
3737 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3738 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3739
3740 Example :
3741 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3742 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3743
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003744 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003745 manipulation
3746
3747
3748rsprep <search> <string>
3749rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3750 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3751 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3752 no | yes | yes | yes
3753 Arguments :
3754 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3755 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3756 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3757 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3758 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3759 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3760 ignores case.
3761
3762 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3763 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3764 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3765 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003766 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003767
3768 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3769 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3770 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3771
3772 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3773 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3774 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3775 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3776 are not case-sensitive.
3777
3778 Example :
3779 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3780 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3781
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003782 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003783 manipulation
3784
3785
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003786server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3787 Declare a server in a backend
3788 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3789 no | no | yes | yes
3790 Arguments :
3791 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3792 appear in logs and alerts.
3793
3794 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3795 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3796 start-up.
3797
3798 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3799 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3800 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3801 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3802 adding this value to the client's port.
3803
3804 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3805 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003806 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003807
3808 Examples :
3809 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3810 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3811
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01003812 See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003813
3814
3815source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003816source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003817 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3818 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3819 yes | no | yes | yes
3820 Arguments :
3821 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3822 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3823 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3824 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3825
3826 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3827 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003828 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3829 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3830 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003831
3832 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3833 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3834 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3835 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3836 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3837 <addr>.
3838
3839 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3840 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3841 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3842 port.
3843
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003844 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3845 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3846 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3847 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3848 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3849 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3850
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003851 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3852 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3853 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3854 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3855
3856 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3857 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3858 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3859 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3860 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3861 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3862
3863 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3864 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3865 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3866 there are two methods :
3867
3868 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3869 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3870 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3871 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3872 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3873 of the client ranges may be used.
3874
3875 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3876 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3877 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3878 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3879 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3880 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3881 same session.
3882
3883 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3884 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3885 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3886 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3887 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3888 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3889
3890 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3891 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3892 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003893 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003894
3895 Examples :
3896 backend private
3897 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3898 source 192.168.1.200
3899
3900 backend transparent_ssl1
3901 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3902 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3903
3904 backend transparent_ssl2
3905 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3906 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3907 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3908
3909 backend transparent_ssl3
3910 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3911 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3912 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3913
3914 backend transparent_smtp
3915 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3916 # with Tproxy version 4.
3917 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3918
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003919 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003920 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3921
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003922
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003923srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3924 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3925 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3926 yes | no | yes | yes
3927 Arguments :
3928 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3929 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3930 as explained at the top of this document.
3931
3932 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3933 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3934 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3935 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3936 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3937 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3938 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3939
3940 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3941 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3942 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3943 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3944 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003945 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003946 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3947 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3948
3949 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3950 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3951 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3952 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3953 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3954 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3955
3956 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3957 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3958
3959 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3960
3961
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003962stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3963 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3964 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3965 yes | no | yes | yes
3966 Arguments :
3967 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3968
3969 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3970
3971 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3972 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3973 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3974 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3975 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3976 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3977
3978 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3979 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3980 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3981 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3982
3983 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3984 report using "stats scope".
3985
3986 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3987 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3988 unobvious parameters.
3989
3990 Example :
3991 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3992 backend public_www
3993 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3994 stats enable
3995 stats hide-version
3996 stats scope .
3997 stats uri /admin?stats
3998 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3999 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4000 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4001
4002 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4003 backend private_monitoring
4004 stats enable
4005 stats uri /admin?stats
4006 stats refresh 5s
4007
4008 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
4009
4010
4011stats enable
4012 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
4013 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4014 yes | no | yes | yes
4015 Arguments : none
4016
4017 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
4018 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
4019 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
4020 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
4021 - stats auth : no authentication
4022 - stats scope : no restriction
4023
4024 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4025 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4026 unobvious parameters.
4027
4028 Example :
4029 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4030 backend public_www
4031 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4032 stats enable
4033 stats hide-version
4034 stats scope .
4035 stats uri /admin?stats
4036 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4037 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4038 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4039
4040 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4041 backend private_monitoring
4042 stats enable
4043 stats uri /admin?stats
4044 stats refresh 5s
4045
4046 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4047
4048
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004049stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004050 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4051 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4052 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004053 Arguments:
4054 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4055 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004056
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004057 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4058 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4059 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004060
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004061 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4062 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4063 unobvious parameters.
4064
4065 Example:
4066 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4067 backend private_monitoring
4068 stats enable
4069 stats show-node Europe-1
4070 stats uri /admin?stats
4071 stats refresh 5s
4072
4073 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
4074
4075
4076stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4077 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4078 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4079 yes | no | yes | yes
4080
4081 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4082 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4083
4084 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4085 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004086
4087 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4088 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4089 unobvious parameters.
4090
4091 Example :
4092 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4093 backend private_monitoring
4094 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004095 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004096 stats uri /admin?stats
4097 stats refresh 5s
4098
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004099 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004100
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki15514c22010-01-04 16:03:09 +01004101stats show-legends
4102 Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page :
4103 - cap: capabilities (proxy)
4104 - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy)
4105 - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server)
4106 - IP (socket, server)
4107 - cookie (backend, server)
4108
4109 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4110 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4111 unobvious parameters.
4112
4113 See also: "stats enable", "stats uri".
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004114
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004115stats realm <realm>
4116 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4117 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4118 yes | no | yes | yes
4119 Arguments :
4120 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4121 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4122 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4123
4124 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4125 using a backslash ('\').
4126
4127 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4128 only related to authentication.
4129
4130 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4131 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4132 unobvious parameters.
4133
4134 Example :
4135 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4136 backend public_www
4137 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4138 stats enable
4139 stats hide-version
4140 stats scope .
4141 stats uri /admin?stats
4142 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4143 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4144 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4145
4146 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4147 backend private_monitoring
4148 stats enable
4149 stats uri /admin?stats
4150 stats refresh 5s
4151
4152 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4153
4154
4155stats refresh <delay>
4156 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4157 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4158 yes | no | yes | yes
4159 Arguments :
4160 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4161 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4162 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4163 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4164 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4165 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4166
4167 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4168 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4169 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4170 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4171
4172 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4173 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4174 unobvious parameters.
4175
4176 Example :
4177 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4178 backend public_www
4179 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4180 stats enable
4181 stats hide-version
4182 stats scope .
4183 stats uri /admin?stats
4184 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4185 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4186 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4187
4188 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4189 backend private_monitoring
4190 stats enable
4191 stats uri /admin?stats
4192 stats refresh 5s
4193
4194 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4195
4196
4197stats scope { <name> | "." }
4198 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4199 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4200 yes | no | yes | yes
4201 Arguments :
4202 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4203 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4204 section in which the statement appears.
4205
4206 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4207 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4208 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4209 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4210 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4211 exists.
4212
4213 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4214 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4215 unobvious parameters.
4216
4217 Example :
4218 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4219 backend public_www
4220 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4221 stats enable
4222 stats hide-version
4223 stats scope .
4224 stats uri /admin?stats
4225 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4226 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4227 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4228
4229 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4230 backend private_monitoring
4231 stats enable
4232 stats uri /admin?stats
4233 stats refresh 5s
4234
4235 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4236
4237
4238stats uri <prefix>
4239 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4240 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4241 yes | no | yes | yes
4242 Arguments :
4243 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4244 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4245 query string.
4246
4247 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4248 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4249 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4250 possible to reach it in the application.
4251
4252 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004253 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004254 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4255 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4256 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4257 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4258
4259 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4260 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4261 an address or a port to statistics only.
4262
4263 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4264 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4265 unobvious parameters.
4266
4267 Example :
4268 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4269 backend public_www
4270 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4271 stats enable
4272 stats hide-version
4273 stats scope .
4274 stats uri /admin?stats
4275 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4276 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4277 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4278
4279 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4280 backend private_monitoring
4281 stats enable
4282 stats uri /admin?stats
4283 stats refresh 5s
4284
4285 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4286
4287
4288stats hide-version
4289 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4290 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4291 yes | no | yes | yes
4292 Arguments : none
4293
4294 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4295 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4296 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4297 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4298 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4299 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4300
4301 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4302 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4303 unobvious parameters.
4304
4305 Example :
4306 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4307 backend public_www
4308 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4309 stats enable
4310 stats hide-version
4311 stats scope .
4312 stats uri /admin?stats
4313 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4314 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4315 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4316
4317 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4318 backend private_monitoring
4319 stats enable
4320 stats uri /admin?stats
4321 stats refresh 5s
4322
4323 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4324
4325
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004326tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4327 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4329 no | yes | yes | no
4330
4331 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4332 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4333 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4334 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4335 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4336 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4337 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4338 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4339
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004340 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004341 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4342
4343 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4344 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4345 "reject" statement.
4346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004347 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004348
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004349 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004350
4351
4352tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4353 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4354 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4355 no | yes | yes | no
4356
4357 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4358 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4359 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4360 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4361 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4362 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4363 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4364 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4365
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004366 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004367 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4368
4369 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4370 "accept".
4371
4372 Example:
4373 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4374 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4375 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4376 tcp-request reject if content_present
4377
4378 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4379 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4380 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4381 tcp-request accept if content_present
4382 tcp-request reject
4383
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004384 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004385
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004386 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004387
4388
4389tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4390 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4391 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4392 no | yes | yes | no
4393 Arguments :
4394 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4395 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4396 as explained at the top of this document.
4397
4398 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4399 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4400 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4401 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4402 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4403
4404 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4405 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004406 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004407 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004408 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4409 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4410 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4411 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004412
4413 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4414 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4415 it pass through unaffected.
4416
4417 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4418 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4419 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4420 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4421 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4422 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4423 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4424
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004425 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004426 "timeout client".
4427
4428
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004429timeout check <timeout>
4430 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4431 established.
4432
4433 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4434 yes | no | yes | yes
4435 Arguments:
4436 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4437 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4438 as explained at the top of this document.
4439
4440 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4441 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4442 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4443 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4444 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4445 long "timeout connect".
4446
4447 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4448 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4449
4450 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4451 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004452 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004453
4454 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4455 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4456 forget about it.
4457
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004458 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4459 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004460
4461
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004462timeout client <timeout>
4463timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4464 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4465 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4466 yes | yes | yes | no
4467 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004468 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004469 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4470 as explained at the top of this document.
4471
4472 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4473 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4474 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4475 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4476 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4477 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4478 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4479 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004480 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004481 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4482 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4483
4484 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4485 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4486 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4487 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4488 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4489 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4490
4491 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4492 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4493 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4494
4495 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4496
4497
4498timeout connect <timeout>
4499timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4500 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4501 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4502 yes | no | yes | yes
4503 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004504 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004505 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4506 as explained at the top of this document.
4507
4508 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004509 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004510 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4511 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004512 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4513 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004514
4515 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4516 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4517 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4518 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4519 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4520 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4521
4522 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4523 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4524 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4525
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004526 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4527 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004528
4529
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004530timeout http-request <timeout>
4531 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4532 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004533 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004534 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004535 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004536 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4537 as explained at the top of this document.
4538
4539 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4540 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4541 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4542 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4543 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4544 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4545 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4546 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4547
4548 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4549 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4550 used anymore.
4551
4552 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4553 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4554 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4555 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4556 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4557
4558 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004559 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4560 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4561 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004562
4563 See also : "timeout client".
4564
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004565
4566timeout queue <timeout>
4567 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4568 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4569 yes | no | yes | yes
4570 Arguments :
4571 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4572 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4573 as explained at the top of this document.
4574
4575 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4576 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4577 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4578 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4579 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4580
4581 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4582 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4583 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4584 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4585
4586 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4587
4588
4589timeout server <timeout>
4590timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4591 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4592 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4593 yes | no | yes | yes
4594 Arguments :
4595 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4596 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4597 as explained at the top of this document.
4598
4599 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4600 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4601 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4602 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4603 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4604 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4605 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4606
4607 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4608 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4609 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4610 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4611 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004612 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004613 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4614 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4615
4616 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4617 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4618 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4619 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4620 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4621 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4622
4623 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4624 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4625 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4626
4627 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4628
4629
4630timeout tarpit <timeout>
4631 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4632 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4633 yes | yes | yes | yes
4634 Arguments :
4635 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4636 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4637 as explained at the top of this document.
4638
4639 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4640 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4641 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4642
4643 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4644 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4645 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4646 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4647 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4648
4649 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4650
4651
4652transparent (deprecated)
4653 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4654 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004655 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004656 Arguments : none
4657
4658 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4659 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4660 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4661 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4662 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4663 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4664 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4665 appropriate server.
4666
4667 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4668
4669 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4670 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4671
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004672 See also: "option transparent"
4673
4674
4675use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4676use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004677 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004678 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4679 no | yes | yes | no
4680 Arguments :
4681 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4682
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004683 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004684
4685 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4686 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4687 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004688 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4689 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4690 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4691 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004692
4693 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4694 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4695 assign the backend.
4696
4697 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4698 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4699 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4700 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4701 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4702 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4703
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004704 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004705 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004706 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4707 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4708 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4709
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004710 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004711
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004712
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +010047135. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004714-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004715
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01004716The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings
4717which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those
4718arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those
4719settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values
4720after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name.
4721Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's
4722address if they are used:
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004723
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004724 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01004725 default-server [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004726
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004727The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004728
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004729addr <ipv4>
4730 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4731 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4732 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4733 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4734 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004735
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004736 Supported in default-server: No
4737
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004738backup
4739 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4740 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4741 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4742 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4743 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4744 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004745
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004746 Supported in default-server: No
4747
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004748check
4749 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4750 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4751 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4752 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4753 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4754 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4755 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4756 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4757 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4758 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4759 more information.
4760
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004761 Supported in default-server: No
4762
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004763cookie <value>
4764 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4765 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4766 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4767 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4768 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4769 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4770 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4771
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004772 Supported in default-server: No
4773
4774error-limit <count>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004775 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the number
4776 of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error" option.
4777 By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
4778
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004779 Supported in default-server: Yes
4780
4781 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004782
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004783fall <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004784 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4785 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4786 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4787
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004788 Supported in default-server: Yes
4789
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004790id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004791 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4792 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4793 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004794
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004795 Supported in default-server: No
4796
4797inter <delay>
4798fastinter <delay>
4799downinter <delay>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004800 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4801 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4802 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4803 between checks depending on the server state :
4804
4805 Server state | Interval used
4806 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4807 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4808 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4809 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4810 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4811 or yet unchecked. |
4812 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4813 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4814 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4815
4816 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4817 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4818 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4819 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4820 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4821 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4822 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4823 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4824 servers.
4825
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004826 Supported in default-server: Yes
4827
4828maxconn <maxconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004829 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4830 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4831 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4832 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4833 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4834 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4835 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4836 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4837
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004838 Supported in default-server: Yes
4839
4840maxqueue <maxqueue>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004841 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4842 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4843 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4844 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4845 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4846 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4847 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4848
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004849 Supported in default-server: Yes
4850
4851minconn <minconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004852 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4853 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4854 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4855 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4856 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4857 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004858 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004859 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004860
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004861 Supported in default-server: Yes
4862
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004863observe <mode>
4864 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
4865 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
4866 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
4867 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
4868 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
4869 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
4870 headers, a timeout, etc.
4871
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004872 Supported in default-server: No
4873
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004874 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
4875
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004876on-error <mode>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004877 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
4878 Currently, four modes are available:
4879 - fastinter: force fastinter
4880 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
4881 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
4882 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
4883 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
4884
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004885 Supported in default-server: Yes
4886
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004887 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
4888
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004889port <port>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004890 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4891 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4892 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4893 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4894 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4895 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4896
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004897 Supported in default-server: Yes
4898
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004899redir <prefix>
4900 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4901 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4902 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4903 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4904 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4905 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4906 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4907 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004908 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004909 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4910 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4911 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4912 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4913 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4914
4915 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4916
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004917 Supported in default-server: No
4918
4919rise <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004920 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4921 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4922 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4923
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004924 Supported in default-server: Yes
4925
4926slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004927 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4928 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4929 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4930 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4931 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4932 parameters :
4933
4934 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4935 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4936
4937 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4938 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4939 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4940 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4941
4942 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4943 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4944 seen as failed.
4945
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004946 Supported in default-server: Yes
4947
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004948source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4949source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004950 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4951 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4952 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4953 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4954
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004955 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4956 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4957 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4958 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4959 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4960 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4961 server.
4962
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004963 Supported in default-server: No
4964
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004965track [<proxy>/]<server>
4966 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4967 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4968 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4969 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4970 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4971
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004972 Supported in default-server: No
4973
4974weight <weight>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004975 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4976 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4977 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004978 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4979 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4980 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4981 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4982 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4983 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004984
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004985 Supported in default-server: Yes
4986
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004987
49886. HTTP header manipulation
4989---------------------------
4990
4991In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4992response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4993request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4994which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4995against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4996to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4997passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4998headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4999never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
5000
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005001There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
5002(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
5003rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
5004messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
5005in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005006happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005007add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
5008normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
5009
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005010This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
5011in section 4.2 :
5012
5013 - reqadd <string>
5014 - reqallow <search>
5015 - reqiallow <search>
5016 - reqdel <search>
5017 - reqidel <search>
5018 - reqdeny <search>
5019 - reqideny <search>
5020 - reqpass <search>
5021 - reqipass <search>
5022 - reqrep <search> <replace>
5023 - reqirep <search> <replace>
5024 - reqtarpit <search>
5025 - reqitarpit <search>
5026 - rspadd <string>
5027 - rspdel <search>
5028 - rspidel <search>
5029 - rspdeny <search>
5030 - rspideny <search>
5031 - rsprep <search> <replace>
5032 - rspirep <search> <replace>
5033
5034With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
5035is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
5036parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
5037prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
5038Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
5039
5040 \t for a tab
5041 \r for a carriage return (CR)
5042 \n for a new line (LF)
5043 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
5044 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
5045 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
5046 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
5047 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
5048
5049The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
5050portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
5051above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
5052regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
50539 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
5054is very common to users of the "sed" program.
5055
5056The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
5057after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
5058
5059Notes related to these keywords :
5060---------------------------------
5061 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
5062 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
5063 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
5064
5065 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
5066 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
5067 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
5068
5069 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
5070 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
5071 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
5072 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
5073 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
5074
5075 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
5076 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5077 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5078 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5079 useless headers before adding new ones.
5080
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005081 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005082 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5083
5084 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5085 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5086 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5087
5088 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5089 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
5090 before switching.
5091
5092
50937. Using ACLs
5094-------------
5095
5096The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5097content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5098from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5099simple :
5100
5101 - define test criteria with sets of values
5102 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5103
5104The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5105
5106In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5107
5108 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5109
5110This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5111Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5112and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5113an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5114of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5115
5116ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5117'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5118which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5119
5120There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5121performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5122
5123The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5124
5125 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005126 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5127
5128Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005129
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005130 - integers or integer ranges
5131 - strings
5132 - regular expressions
5133 - IP addresses and networks
5134
5135
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051367.1. Matching integers
5137----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005138
5139Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5140that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5141expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5142may be omitted.
5143
5144For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5145unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5146representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5147
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005148As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5149two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5150instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5151ranges and operators.
5152
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005153For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005154operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5155Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5156of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005157
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005158Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005159
5160 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5161 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5162 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5163 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5164 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5165
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005166For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005167
5168 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5169
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005170This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5171
5172 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5173
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005174
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051757.2. Matching strings
5176---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005177
5178String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5179exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5180characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5181string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5182to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005183before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005184
5185
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051867.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5187-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005188
5189Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5190they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5191possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5192passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5193the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005194the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5195match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005196
5197
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051987.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5199----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005200
5201IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5202netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5203within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005204host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005205difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5206at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5207does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5208parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005209
5210
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052117.5. Available matching criteria
5212--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005213
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052147.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5215------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005216
5217A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5218analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5219addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5220
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005221always_false
5222 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5223 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5224
5225always_true
5226 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5227 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5228
5229src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005230 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005231 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5232 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5233
5234src_port <integer>
5235 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5236
5237dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005238 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005239 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5240
5241dst_port <integer>
5242 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5243 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5244
5245dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005246 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005247 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005248 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005249 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5250 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5251 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5252
5253fe_conn <integer>
5254fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5255 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5256 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5257 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5258 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5259 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5260 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5261 criteria.
5262
5263be_conn <integer>
5264be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5265 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5266 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5267 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5268 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5269 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005270
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005271nbsrv <integer>
5272nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5273 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5274 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5275 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5276 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5277 "monitor fail".
5278
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005279connslots <integer>
5280connslots(backend) <integer>
5281 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005282 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005283 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5284
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005285 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5286 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005287
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005288 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005289 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5290 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5291 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5292 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5293 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005294 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005295
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005296 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5297 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5298 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5299 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005300
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005301queue <integer>
5302queue(frontend) <integer>
5303 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5304 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5305 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5306 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5307 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5308 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5309 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5310
5311avg_queue <integer>
5312avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5313 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5314 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5315 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5316 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5317 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5318 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5319 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5320 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5321 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5322 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5323 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5324
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005325fe_sess_rate <integer>
5326fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5327 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5328 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5329 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5330 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5331 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5332 the rate to go down below the limit.
5333
5334 Example :
5335 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5336 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5337 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5338 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5339 frontend mail
5340 bind :25
5341 mode tcp
5342 maxconn 100
5343 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5344 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5345 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5346 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5347
5348be_sess_rate <integer>
5349be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5350 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5351 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5352 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005353 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005354 sucking of an online dictionary).
5355
5356 Example :
5357 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5358 backend dynamic
5359 mode http
5360 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5361 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5362
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005363
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053647.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5365-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005366
5367A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5368during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5369through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5370for more detailed information on the subject.
5371
5372req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005373 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005374 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5375 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5376 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5377 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5378 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5379 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5380
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005381req_proto_http
5382 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5383 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005384 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005385 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5386 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5387
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005388req_rdp_cookie <string>
5389req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5390 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5391 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5392 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5393 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5394 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5395 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5396 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5397 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5398
5399req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5400req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5401 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5402 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5403 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5404 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5405 cookies.
5406
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005407req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5408 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5409 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5410 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5411 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5412 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5413 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5414 with TCP request content inspection.
5415
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005416wait_end
5417 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5418 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5419 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5420 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5421 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5422 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5423 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5424 inspection.
5425
5426 Examples :
5427 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5428 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5429 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5430
5431 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5432 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5433 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5434 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5435 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5436 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5437 tcp-request content reject
5438
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005439
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054407.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5441--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005442
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005443A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005444application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5445read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5446than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5447
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005448method <string>
5449 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5450 already check for most common methods.
5451
5452req_ver <string>
5453 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5454 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5455
5456path <string>
5457 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5458 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5459 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5460
5461path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005462 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5463 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005464
5465path_end <string>
5466 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5467 control file name extension.
5468
5469path_sub <string>
5470 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5471 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5472 "path_dir".
5473
5474path_dir <string>
5475 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5476 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5477 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5478 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5479
5480path_dom <string>
5481 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5482 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5483 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5484
5485path_reg <regex>
5486 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5487 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5488 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5489
5490url <string>
5491 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5492 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5493
5494url_beg <string>
5495 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5496 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5497
5498url_end <string>
5499 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5500 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5501
5502url_sub <string>
5503 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5504 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5505
5506url_dir <string>
5507 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5508 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5509 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5510 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5511
5512url_dom <string>
5513 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5514 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5515 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5516
5517url_reg <regex>
5518 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5519 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5520 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5521
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005522url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005523 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5524 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005525 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005526
5527url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005528 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5529 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005530 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005531 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005532
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005533hdr <string>
5534hdr(header) <string>
5535 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5536 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005537 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5538 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005539
5540 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005541 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005542 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5543
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005544 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005545
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005546hdr_beg <string>
5547hdr_beg(header) <string>
5548 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5549 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005550
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005551hdr_end <string>
5552hdr_end(header) <string>
5553 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5554 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005555
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005556hdr_sub <string>
5557hdr_sub(header) <string>
5558 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5559 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005560
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005561hdr_dir <string>
5562hdr_dir(header) <string>
5563 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5564 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5565 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5566 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005567
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005568hdr_dom <string>
5569hdr_dom(header) <string>
5570 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5571 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5572 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5573 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005574
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005575hdr_reg <regex>
5576hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5577 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5578 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5579 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5580 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005581
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005582hdr_val <integer>
5583hdr_val(header) <integer>
5584 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5585 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5586 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5587 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005588
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005589hdr_cnt <integer>
5590hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5591 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5592 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5593 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5594 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005595 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005596 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005597
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005598hdr_ip <ip_address>
5599hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5600 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5601 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5602 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5603
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005604
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056057.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5606---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005607
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005608Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5609every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5610order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5611only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005612
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005613ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5614---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5615TRUE always_true always match
5616FALSE always_false never match
5617LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005618HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005619HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5620HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5621METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5622METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5623METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5624METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5625METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5626METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5627HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005628HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005629HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5630HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005631RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005632REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5633WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5634---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005635
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005636
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056377.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5638----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005639
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005640Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5641combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005643 - AND (implicit)
5644 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5645 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005646
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005647A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005648
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005649 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005650
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005651Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5652indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005653
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005654For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5655"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5656requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5657is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005658
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005659 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5660 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5661 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5662 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005663
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005664To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5665and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005666
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005667 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5668 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5669 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5670 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005671
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005672 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5673 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5674 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5675 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005676
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005677See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005678
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005679
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056808. Logging
5681----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005682
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005683One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5684provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5685very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5686provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5687state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005688to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005689headers.
5690
5691In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5692about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5693send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5694
5695 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5696 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5697 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5698 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5699 at the termination.
5700
5701The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5702allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5703as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5704while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5705real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5706delay.
5707
5708
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057098.1. Log levels
5710---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005711
5712TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5713source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5714HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5715in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5716particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005717syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005718facilities.
5719
5720
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057218.2. Log formats
5722----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005723
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005724HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005725and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5726the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5727formats are the following ones :
5728
5729 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5730 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5731 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5732 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5733 extents.
5734
5735 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5736 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5737 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5738 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5739 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5740
5741 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5742 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5743 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5744 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5745 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5746
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005747 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5748 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5749 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5750 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5751
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005752Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5753specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5754field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5755servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5756always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5757identifier.
5758
5759Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5760 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5761 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5762 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5763 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5764
5765
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057668.2.1. Default log format
5767-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005768
5769This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5770as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5771format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5772
5773 Example :
5774 listen www
5775 mode http
5776 log global
5777 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5778
5779 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5780 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5781 (www/HTTP)
5782
5783 Field Format Extract from the example above
5784 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5785 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5786 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5787 4 'to' to
5788 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5789 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5790
5791Detailed fields description :
5792 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5793 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5794 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5795 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5796 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5797 and processed the connection.
5798 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5799
5800It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5801will eventually disappear.
5802
5803
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058048.2.2. TCP log format
5805---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005806
5807The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5808is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5809information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5810counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5811emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5812environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5813the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5814sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005815specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5816not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5817fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5818marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005819
5820 Example :
5821 frontend fnt
5822 mode tcp
5823 option tcplog
5824 log global
5825 default_backend bck
5826
5827 backend bck
5828 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5829
5830 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5831 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5832 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5833
5834 Field Format Extract from the example above
5835 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5836 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5837 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5838 4 frontend_name fnt
5839 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5840 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5841 7 bytes_read* 212
5842 8 termination_state --
5843 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5844 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5845
5846Detailed fields description :
5847 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5848 connection to haproxy.
5849
5850 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5851
5852 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5853 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5854 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5855 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5856
5857 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5858 and processed the connection.
5859
5860 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5861 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5862 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5863 applications.
5864
5865 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5866 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5867 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5868 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5869 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5870
5871 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5872 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5873 See "Timers" below for more details.
5874
5875 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5876 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5877 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5878 "Timers" below for more details.
5879
5880 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5881 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5882 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5883 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5884 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5885 details.
5886
5887 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5888 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5889 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5890 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5891 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5892
5893 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5894 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5895 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5896 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5897 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5898 for more details.
5899
5900 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5901 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5902 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5903 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5904 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005905 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005906
5907 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5908 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5909 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5910 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5911 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5912 caused by a denial of service attack.
5913
5914 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5915 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5916 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5917 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5918 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5919 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5920 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5921 denial of service attack.
5922
5923 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5924 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5925 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5926 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5927 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5928 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5929 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5930 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5931 be processed than on other servers.
5932
5933 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5934 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5935 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5936 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5937 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5938 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5939 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5940 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5941 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5942 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5943 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5944 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5945 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5946
5947 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5948 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5949 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5950 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5951 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5952 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5953 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5954 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5955
5956 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5957 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5958 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5959 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5960 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5961 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5962 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5963 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5964 occurs.
5965
5966
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059678.2.3. HTTP log format
5968----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005969
5970The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5971is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5972the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5973are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5974emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5975generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5976"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5977which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005978frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5979is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005980
5981Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5982slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5983with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5984
5985 Example :
5986 frontend http-in
5987 mode http
5988 option httplog
5989 log global
5990 default_backend bck
5991
5992 backend static
5993 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5994
5995 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5996 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5997 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5998 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5999
6000 Field Format Extract from the example above
6001 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
6002 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
6003 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
6004 4 frontend_name http-in
6005 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
6006 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
6007 7 status_code 200
6008 8 bytes_read* 2750
6009 9 captured_request_cookie -
6010 10 captured_response_cookie -
6011 11 termination_state ----
6012 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
6013 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6014 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
6015 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
6016 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
6017
6018
6019Detailed fields description :
6020 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6021 connection to haproxy.
6022
6023 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6024
6025 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
6026 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
6027 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
6028 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
6029 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
6030
6031 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6032 and processed the connection.
6033
6034 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6035 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6036 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
6037
6038 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6039 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6040 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6041 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
6042 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
6043 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
6044
6045 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
6046 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
6047 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
6048 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
6049 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
6050 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
6051
6052 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6053 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6054 See "Timers" below for more details.
6055
6056 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6057 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6058 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
6059 below for more details.
6060
6061 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
6062 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
6063 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
6064 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
6065 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
6066 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
6067 for more details.
6068
6069 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6070 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6071 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6072 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6073 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6074 details.
6075
6076 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6077 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6078 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6079
6080 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6081 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6082 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6083 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6084 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6085 overflowing.
6086
6087 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6088 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6089 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6090 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6091 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6092 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6093 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6094 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6095
6096 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6097 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6098 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6099 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6100 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6101 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6102 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6103 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6104
6105 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6106 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6107 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6108 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6109 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6110 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6111 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6112
6113 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6114 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6115 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6116 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6117 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006118 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006119 system.
6120
6121 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6122 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6123 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6124 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6125 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6126 caused by a denial of service attack.
6127
6128 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6129 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6130 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6131 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6132 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6133 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6134 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6135 denial of service attack.
6136
6137 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6138 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6139 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6140 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6141 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6142 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6143 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6144 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6145 processed than on other servers.
6146
6147 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6148 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6149 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6150 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6151 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6152 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6153 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6154 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6155 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6156 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6157 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6158 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6159 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6160
6161 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6162 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6163 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6164 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6165 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6166 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6167 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6168 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6169
6170 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6171 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6172 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6173 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6174 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6175 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6176 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6177 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6178 occurs.
6179
6180 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6181 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6182 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6183 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6184 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6185 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6186 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6187 cookies" below for more details.
6188
6189 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6190 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6191 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6192 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6193 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6194 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6195 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6196 and cookies" below for more details.
6197
6198 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6199 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6200 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6201 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6202 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6203 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6204 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6205 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6206
6207
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062088.3. Advanced logging options
6209-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006210
6211Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6212just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6213options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6214for more information about their usage.
6215
6216
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062178.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6218------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006219
6220It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6221haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6222commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6223monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6224ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6225
6226 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6227 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6228 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6229 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6230
6231 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6232 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6233 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6234 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6235 such as other load-balancers.
6236
6237 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6238 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6239 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6240
6241
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062428.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6243----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006244
6245The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6246what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6247or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6248"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6249just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6250log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6251after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6252is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6253with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6254with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6255
6256
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062578.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6258------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006259
6260Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6261for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6262"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6263retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6264raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6265a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6266file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6267you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6268"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6269
6270
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062718.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6272--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006273
6274Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6275multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6276them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6277"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6278logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6279error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6280and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6281too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6282useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6283alternative.
6284
6285
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062868.4. Timing events
6287------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006288
6289Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6290reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6291the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6292frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6293mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6294
6295 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6296 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6297 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6298 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6299 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6300
6301 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6302 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6303 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6304 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6305 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6306
6307 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6308 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6309 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6310 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6311 connection never established.
6312
6313 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6314 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6315 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6316 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6317 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6318 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6319 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6320 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6321 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6322 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6323 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6324
6325 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6326 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6327 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6328 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6329 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6330
6331 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6332
6333 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6334 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6335 negative.
6336
6337These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6338protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6339that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006340due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006341close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6342session has been aborted on timeout.
6343
6344Most common cases :
6345
6346 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6347 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6348 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6349 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6350 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6351 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6352 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6353 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6354 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6355 connections have been accepted at once.
6356
6357 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6358 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6359 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6360 of ms on remote networks.
6361
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006362 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6363 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6364 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006365
6366 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6367 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6368 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6369 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6370 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6371 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6372 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6373 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6374 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6375 to the server until another one is released.
6376
6377Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6378
6379 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6380 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6381 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6382
6383 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6384 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6385 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6386
6387 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6388 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6389 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6390 flags.
6391
6392 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6393 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6394 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6395 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6396 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6397 the client connection was maintained open.
6398
6399 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6400 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6401 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6402 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6403
6404
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064058.5. Session state at disconnection
6406-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006407
6408TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6409"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
64102-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6411each of which has a special meaning :
6412
6413 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6414 session to terminate :
6415
6416 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6417
6418 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6419 server explicitly refused it.
6420
6421 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6422 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6423 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6424 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6425 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6426 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6427
6428 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6429 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6430 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6431 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6432 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6433
6434 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6435 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6436 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6437 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6438 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6439
6440 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6441 send or receive data.
6442
6443 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6444 send or receive data.
6445
6446 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6447 with nothing left in the buffers.
6448
6449 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6450
6451 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6452 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6453
6454 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6455 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6456 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6457 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6458 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6459
6460 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6461 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6462
6463 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6464 server (HTTP only).
6465
6466 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6467
6468 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6469 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6470 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6471
6472 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6473 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6474 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6475
6476 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6477
6478 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6479 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6480
6481 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6482 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6483 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6484
6485 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6486 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6487 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6488
6489 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6490 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6491 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6492 another server.
6493
6494 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6495 server.
6496
6497 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6498
6499 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6500 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6501
6502 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6503
6504 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6505 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6506 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6507
6508 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6509
6510 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6511 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6512
6513 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6514
6515 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6516
6517The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6518happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6519helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6520starvation, attacks, etc...
6521
6522The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6523alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6524easier finding and understanding.
6525
6526 Flags Reason
6527
6528 -- Normal termination.
6529
6530 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6531 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6532 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6533 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6534
6535 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6536 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6537 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6538 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6539 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6540 by the client.
6541
6542 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6543 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6544 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6545
6546 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6547 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6548 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6549
6550 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6551 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6552 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6553 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6554 the server takes too long to respond.
6555
6556 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6557 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6558 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6559 long a time to respond.
6560
6561 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6562 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6563 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6564 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6565 and the client.
6566
6567 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6568 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6569 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6570 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6571 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6572 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6573
6574 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6575 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006576 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6577 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6578 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6579 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006580
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006581 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006582 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6583 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6584 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6585 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6586 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6587
6588 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6589 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6590 503 or 504 here.
6591
6592 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6593 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6594 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6595 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6596 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6597
6598 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6599 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006600 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006601 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6602 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6603
6604 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6605 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6606 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6607 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6608 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6609 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6610 between haproxy and the server.
6611
6612 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6613 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6614 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6615 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6616 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6617 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6618 solution is to fix the application.
6619
6620 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6621 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6622 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6623 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6624 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6625 external attacks.
6626
6627 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6628 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6629 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6630 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6631 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6632
6633 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6634 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6635 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6636 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6637 containing unauthorized characters.
6638
6639 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6640 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6641 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6642 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6643
6644 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6645 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6646 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6647 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6648
6649 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6650 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6651 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6652 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6653
6654
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066558.6. Non-printable characters
6656-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006657
6658In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6659consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6660converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6661prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6662being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6663escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6664is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6665'}' when logging headers.
6666
6667Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6668issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6669containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6670
6671Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6672the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6673performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6674
6675
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066768.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6677---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006678
6679Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6680achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006681section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006682cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6683the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6684the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006685locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006686not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6687user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6688a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6689wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6690
6691 Examples :
6692 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6693 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6694
6695 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6696 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6697
6698
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066998.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6700---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006701
6702Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6703proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6704the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6705server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6706
6707Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6708response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006709section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006710
6711It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006712time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6713appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006714are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6715and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6716follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6717request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6718in the logs.
6719
6720 Example :
6721 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6722 listen proxy-out
6723 mode http
6724 option httplog
6725 option logasap
6726 log global
6727 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6728
6729 # log the name of the virtual server
6730 capture request header Host len 20
6731
6732 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6733 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6734
6735 # log the beginning of the referrer
6736 capture request header Referer len 20
6737
6738 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6739 capture response header Server len 20
6740
6741 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6742 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6743
6744 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6745 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6746
6747 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6748 capture response header Via len 20
6749
6750 # log the URL location during a redirection
6751 capture response header Location len 20
6752
6753 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6754 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6755 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6756 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6757 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6758
6759 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6760 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6761 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6762 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6763 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6764
6765 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6766 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6767 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6768 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6769 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6770 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6771
6772
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067738.9. Examples of logs
6774---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006775
6776These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6777them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6778reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6779
6780 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6781 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6782 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6783
6784 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6785 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6786
6787 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6788 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6789 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6790
6791 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6792 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6793
6794 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6795 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6796 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6797
6798 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006799 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006800 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6801 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6802
6803 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6804 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6805 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6806
6807 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6808 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6809 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6810 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6811 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6812 to return the 502 and not the server.
6813
6814 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6815 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6816
6817 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6818 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6819 Nothing was sent to any server.
6820
6821 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6822 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6823
6824 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6825 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6826 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6827 send a 408 return code to the client.
6828
6829 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6830 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6831
6832 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6833 5 seconds ("c----").
6834
6835 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6836 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6837 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6838
6839 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006840 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006841 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6842 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6843 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6844 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6845 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006846
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006847
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020068489. Statistics and monitoring
6849----------------------------
6850
6851It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6852mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6853CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6854Unix socket.
6855
6856
68579.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006858---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006859
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006860The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6861page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6862
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006863 0. pxname: proxy name
6864 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6865 for server)
6866 2. qcur: current queued requests
6867 3. qmax: max queued requests
6868 4. scur: current sessions
6869 5. smax: max sessions
6870 6. slim: sessions limit
6871 7. stot: total sessions
6872 8. bin: bytes in
6873 9. bout: bytes out
6874 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006875 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006876 12. ereq: request errors
6877 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006878 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006879 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6880 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6881 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6882 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6883 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6884 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6885 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6886 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6887 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6888 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6889 25. qlimit: queue limit
6890 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6891 27. iid: unique proxy id
6892 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6893 29. throttle: warm up status
6894 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6895 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006896 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006897 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6898 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6899 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006900 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6901 UNK -> unknown
6902 INI -> initializing
6903 SOCKERR -> socket error
6904 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6905 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6906 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6907 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6908 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6909 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6910 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6911 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6912 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6913 disable-on-404
6914 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6915 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6916 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6917 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6918 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006919 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
6920 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
6921 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
6922 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
6923 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
6924 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006925
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006926
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020069279.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006928-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006929
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006930The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006931must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6932is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6933a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6934risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6935followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6936given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6937then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6938to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006939
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006940It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6941on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6942own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006943
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006944help
6945 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6946 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006947
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006948prompt
6949 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6950 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6951 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6952 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6953 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6954 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6955 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6956 command.
6957
6958quit
6959 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006960
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006961show errors [<iid>]
6962 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6963 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006964 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
6965 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
6966 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006967
6968 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6969 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6970 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6971 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6972 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6973 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6974 are reported too.
6975
6976 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6977 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6978 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6979 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6980 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6981 code.
6982
6983 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6984 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6985 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6986 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6987 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6988 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6989 line.
6990
6991 Example :
6992 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6993 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6994 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6995 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6996
6997 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6998 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6999 00038 Location: blah\r\n
7000 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
7001 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
7002 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
7003 00204+ minal\r\n
7004 00211 \r\n
7005
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007006 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007007 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
7008 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
7009 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
7010 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
7011 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
7012 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007013
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007014show info
7015 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
7016
7017show sess
7018 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007019 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
7020 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
7021
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007022
7023show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
7024 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
7025 possible to dump only selected items :
7026 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
7027 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
7028 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
7029 for example:
7030 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
7031 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
7032 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
7033
7034 Example :
7035 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
7036 Name: HAProxy
7037 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
7038 Release_date: 2009/09/23
7039 Nbproc: 1
7040 Process_num: 1
7041 (...)
7042
7043 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
7044 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
7045 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
7046 (...)
7047 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
7048
7049 $
7050
7051 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
7052 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
7053 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
7054 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007055 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007056
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007057clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007058 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
7059 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
7060 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007061 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
7062 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007063
7064clear counters all
7065 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007066 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
7067 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
7068
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007069get weight <backend>/<server>
7070 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
7071 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
7072 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007073 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
7074 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
7075 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007076
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007077set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7078 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7079 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7080 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7081 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7082 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7083 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7084 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7085 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7086 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7087 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7088 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007089 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7090 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7091 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007092
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007093
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007094/*
7095 * Local variables:
7096 * fill-column: 79
7097 * End:
7098 */